new "stellaris recover" command
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
230
231 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
232 using Trac for its bug database:
233
234 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
235
236
237 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
238 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
239 @cindex dongles
240 @cindex FTDI
241 @cindex wiggler
242 @cindex zy1000
243 @cindex printer port
244 @cindex USB Adapter
245 @cindex RTCK
246
247 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
248 an adapter .... [snip]
249
250 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
251 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
252 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
253 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
254 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
255 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
256 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
257
258
259 @section Choosing a Dongle
260
261 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
262
263 @enumerate
264 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
265 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
266 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
267 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
268 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
269 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
270 Ethernet port needed?
271 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
272 @end enumerate
273
274 @section Stand alone Systems
275
276 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
277 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
278 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
279 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
280 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
281
282 @section USB FT2232 Based
283
284 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
285 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
286 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
287 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
288 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
289 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
290
291 @itemize @bullet
292 @item @b{usbjtag}
293 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
294 @item @b{jtagkey}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
296 @item @b{jtagkey2}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
298 @item @b{oocdlink}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
300 @item @b{signalyzer}
301 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
302 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
304 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
305 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
306 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
307 disabling the Stellaris chip.
308 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
310 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
311 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
312 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
313 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
314 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
315 @item @b{flyswatter}
316 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
317 @item @b{turtelizer2}
318 @* See:
319 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
320 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
321 @item @b{comstick}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
323 @item @b{stm32stick}
324 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
325 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
326 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
327 @item @b{cortino}
328 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
329 @end itemize
330
331 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
332
333 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
334 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
335 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
336 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
337 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
338
339 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
340 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
341 (see the section on driver commands).
342
343 @itemize
344 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
345 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
346 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
347 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
348 @end itemize
349
350 @section USB JLINK based
351 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
352 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
353 AT91SAM764 internally.
354
355 @itemize @bullet
356 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
357 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
358 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
359 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
360 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
362 @end itemize
363
364 @section USB RLINK based
365 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
366
367 @itemize @bullet
368 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
369 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
370 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
371 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
372 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
373 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
374 @end itemize
375
376 @section USB Other
377 @itemize @bullet
378 @item @b{USBprog}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
380
381 @item @b{USB - Presto}
382 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
383
384 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
385 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
386
387 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
388 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
389 @end itemize
390
391 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
392
393 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
394 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
395 these on the market.
396
397 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
398 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
399 of USB-based ones.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402
403 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
405
406 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
407 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
408 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
409
410 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
412
413 @item @b{GW16402}
414 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
415
416 @item @b{Wiggler2}
417 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
418 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
419
420 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
421 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
422
423 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
424 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
425
426 @item @b{arm-jtag}
427 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
428
429 @item @b{chameleon}
430 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
431
432 @item @b{Triton}
433 @* Unknown.
434
435 @item @b{Lattice}
436 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
437 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
438
439 @item @b{flashlink}
440 @* From ST Microsystems;
441 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
442 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section Other...
447 @itemize @bullet
448
449 @item @b{ep93xx}
450 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
451
452 @item @b{at91rm9200}
453 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
454
455 @end itemize
456
457 @node About JIM-Tcl
458 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
459 @cindex JIM Tcl
460 @cindex tcl
461
462 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
463 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
464 command interpreter.
465
466 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
467 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
468 much of anything about Tcl.
469 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
470
471 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
475 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
476 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
477 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
478 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
479 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
480
481 @item @b{Missing Features}
482 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
483 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
484
485 @item @b{Scripts}
486 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
487 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
488 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
489
490 @item @b{Commands}
491 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
492 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
493 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
494 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
495
496 @item @b{Historical Note}
497 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
498
499 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
500 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
501 @end itemize
502
503 @node Running
504 @chapter Running
505 @cindex command line options
506 @cindex logfile
507 @cindex directory search
508
509 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
510 to the JTAG adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
511 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
512 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
513 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
514
515 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
516 tell it how each debug session should work.
517 The @option{--help} option shows:
518 @verbatim
519 bash$ openocd --help
520
521 --help | -h display this help
522 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
523 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
524 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
525 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
526 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
527 --command | -c run <command>
528 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
529 @end verbatim
530
531 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
532 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
533 To specify one or more different
534 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
535
536 @example
537 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
538 @end example
539
540 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
541 @enumerate
542 @item the current directory,
543 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
544 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
545 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
546 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
547 @end enumerate
548 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
549
550 @quotation Note
551 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
552 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
553 @end quotation
554
555 @section Simple setup, no customization
556
557 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
558 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
559 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
560 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
561 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
562
563 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
564 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
565 the server like:
566
567 @example
568 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
569 @end example
570
571 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
572 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
573 If all goes well you'll see output something like
574
575 @example
576 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
577 For bug reports, read
578 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
579 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
580 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
581 @end example
582
583 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
584 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
585 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
586
587 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
588
589 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
590 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
591 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
592 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
593 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
594 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
595 ensure that this always succeeds.
596 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
597 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
598 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
599 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
600
601 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
602 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
603 those channels.
604
605 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
606 the @option{-d} option.
607
608 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
609 @option{-c} command line switch.
610
611 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
612 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
613 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
614 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
615 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
616 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
617 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
618
619 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
620 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
621
622 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
623
624 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
625 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
626 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
627 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
628
629 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
630 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
631
632 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
633 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
634 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
635 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
636 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
637 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
638 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
639
640 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
641
642 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
643 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
644 and a USB cable on the other.
645 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
646 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
647
648 @enumerate
649 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
650 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
651 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
652 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
653 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
654 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
655 debugging host.
656
657 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
658 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
659 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
660 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
661 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
662
663 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
664 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
665 with 1.2 Volt boards.
666
667 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
668 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
669 ways to connect the cable.
670 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
671 Be sure it's firmly connected.
672
673 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
674 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
675 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
676 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
677 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
678 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
679 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
680 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
681
682 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
683 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
684 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
685 but are tedious to set up.
686 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
687 adapter signals to the right board pins.
688
689 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
690 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
691 you are using to run OpenOCD.
692 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
693
694 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
695 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
696 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
697
698 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
699 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
700 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
701
702 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
703 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
704 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
705 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
706
707 @end enumerate
708
709 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
710 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
711 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
712
713 @section Project Directory
714
715 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
716
717 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
718 single directory for your work with a given board.
719 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
720 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
721 files accessed through semihosting,
722 and for code you upload to the target board.
723 It is also the natural place to write files,
724 such as log files and data you download from the board.
725
726 @section Configuration Basics
727
728 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
729 a variety of ways you can mix them.
730 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
731
732 @itemize
733 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
734 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
735 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
736 @end itemize
737
738 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
739 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
740 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
741
742 @example
743 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
744
745 # GDB can also flash my flash!
746 gdb_memory_map enable
747 gdb_flash_program enable
748
749 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
750 @end example
751
752 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
753
754 @example
755 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
756 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
757 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
758 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
759 @end example
760
761 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
762 each supporting a different development task.
763 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
764 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
765
766 @quotation Important
767 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
768 problems with how it treats variables.
769 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
770 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
771 that can be tested in a later script.
772 @end quotation
773
774 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
775 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
776 to simplify your work.
777
778 @section User Config Files
779 @cindex config file, user
780 @cindex user config file
781 @cindex config file, overview
782
783 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
784 in one place.
785 One of the following will match your situation best:
786
787 @itemize
788 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
789 provided by someone else.
790 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
791 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
792 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
793 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
794 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
795 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
796
797 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
798 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
799
800 @enumerate
801 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
802 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
803 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
804 @end enumerate
805
806 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
807 The first is an interface config file.
808 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
809 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
810 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
811 meet your deadline:
812
813 @example
814 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
815 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
816 @end example
817
818 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
819 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
820 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
821 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
822
823 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
824 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
825 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
826 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
827 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
828 @xref{Autoprobing}.
829
830 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
831 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
832 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
833 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
834
835 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
836 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
837 giving access to your particular flash chips.
838 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
839 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
840
841 @quotation Note
842 When you write new configuration files, please submit
843 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
844 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
845 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
846 will help support users of any board using that chip.
847 @end quotation
848
849 @item
850 You may may need to write some C code.
851 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
852 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
853 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
854 a new chip architecture.
855 @end itemize
856
857 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
858 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
859 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
860
861 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
862 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
863 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
864 @itemize
865
866 @item
867 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
868 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
869 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
870 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
871
872 @item
873 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
874 @cindex vector_catch
875 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
876 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
877 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
878 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
879 along with messaging and tracing setup.
880 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
881
882 @item
883 You might need to override some defaults.
884 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
885 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
886
887 @item
888 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
889 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
890 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
891 @end itemize
892
893 @section Project-Specific Utilities
894
895 A few project-specific utility
896 routines may well speed up your work.
897 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
898
899 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
900 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
901 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
902 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
903 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
904 may help:
905
906 @example
907 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
909 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
910 # Leave the CPU halted.
911 reset init
912
913 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
914 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
915
916 # Start running.
917 resume 0x20000000
918 @}
919 @end example
920
921 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
922 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
923 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
924 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
925 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
926
927 @example
928 proc newboot @{ @} @{
929 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
930 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
931 # "reset halt" would be slower.
932 reset init
933
934 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
935 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
936 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
937 flash protect 0 0 1 off
938 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
939 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
940 flash protect 0 0 1 on
941
942 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
943 reset run
944 @}
945 @end example
946
947 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
948 from NAND.
949 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
950 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
951 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
952
953 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
954 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
955
956 @section Target Software Changes
957
958 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
959 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
960 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
961 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
962 handling issues like:
963
964 @itemize @bullet
965
966 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
967 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
968 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
969 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
970 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
971 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
972 your debug sessions.
973
974 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
975 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
976 That might however be your only option.
977
978 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
979 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
980 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
981 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
982 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
983 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
984 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
985 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
986 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
987 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
988 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
989 instead of the whole thing.
990 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
991 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
992
993 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
994 @cindex ARM semihosting
995 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
996 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
997 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
998 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
999 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1000 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1001 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1002 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1003 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1004 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1005 NAND or SPI flash.
1006
1007 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1008 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1009 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1010 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1011 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1012
1013 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1014 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1015 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1016 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1017 registers which can be used to change various features including
1018 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1019 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1020 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1021 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1022 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1023
1024 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1025 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1026 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1027 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1028 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1029
1030 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1031 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1032 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1033 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1034 early code execution can be debugged
1035 or firmware can be replaced.
1036
1037 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1038 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1039 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1040 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1041 operations like writing to memory.)
1042
1043 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1044 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1045 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1046 various kinds of message.
1047 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1048
1049 @end itemize
1050
1051 @section Target Hardware Setup
1052
1053 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1054 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1055 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1056 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1057 working with.}
1058
1059 Common issues include:
1060
1061 @itemize @bullet
1062
1063 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1064 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1065 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1066 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1067 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1068 or one from a daughtercard).
1069 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1070 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1071
1072 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1073 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1074 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1075 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1076 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1077 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1078
1079 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1080 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1081 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1082 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1083 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1084
1085
1086 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1087 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1088 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1089 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1090 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1091 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1092 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1093
1094 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1095 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1096 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1097 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1098 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1099
1100 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1101 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1102 used to start booting.
1103
1104 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1105 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1106 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1107 multiple audio codec chips).
1108 This interacts with software
1109 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1110 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1111 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1112 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1113 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1114 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1115 audio or video codecs are used.
1116
1117 @end itemize
1118
1119 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1120 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1121 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1122 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1123 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1124 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1125 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1126 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1127 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1128 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1129
1130
1131 @node Config File Guidelines
1132 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1133
1134 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1135 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1136 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1137 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1138
1139 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1140 with files including the ones listed here.
1141 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1142 @itemize @bullet
1143 @item @file{interface} ...
1144 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1145 @example
1146 $ ls interface
1147 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1148 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1149 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1150 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1151 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1152 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1153 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1154 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1155 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1156 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1157 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1158 $
1159 @end example
1160 @item @file{board} ...
1161 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1162 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1163 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1164 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1165 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1166 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1167 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1168 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1169 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1170 a CPU and an FPGA.
1171 @example
1172 $ ls board
1173 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1174 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1175 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1176 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1177 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1178 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1179 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1180 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1181 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1182 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1183 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1184 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1185 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1186 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1187 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1188 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1189 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1190 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1191 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1192 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1193 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1194 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1195 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1196 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1197 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1198 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1199 $
1200 @end example
1201 @item @file{target} ...
1202 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1203 on a chip
1204 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1205 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1206 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1207 the target config file defines all of them.
1208 @example
1209 $ ls target
1210 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1211 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1212 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1213 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1214 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1215 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1216 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1217 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1218 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1219 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1220 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1221 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1222 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1223 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1224 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1225 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1226 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1227 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1228 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1229 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1230 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1231 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1232 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1233 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1234 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1235 $
1236 @end example
1237 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1238 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1239 @end itemize
1240
1241 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1242 file may override features in any of the above files by
1243 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1244 commands specific to their situation.
1245
1246 @section Interface Config Files
1247
1248 The user config file
1249 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1250
1251 @example
1252 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1253 @end example
1254
1255 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1256 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1257 sole developer who created it.
1258
1259 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1260 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1261 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1262 and need to provide a driver for it.
1263
1264 @section Board Config Files
1265 @cindex config file, board
1266 @cindex board config file
1267
1268 The user config file
1269 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1270
1271 @example
1272 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1273 @end example
1274
1275 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1276 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1277 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1278
1279 @enumerate
1280 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1281 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1282 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1283 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1284 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1285 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1289 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1290 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1291 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1292
1293 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1294 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1295 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1296 configuration works.
1297
1298 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1299
1300 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1301 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1302 convention on how to use certain variables.
1303
1304 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1305 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1306 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1307 used at will within a target configuration file.
1308
1309 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1310 for a board with three chips:
1311
1312 @example
1313 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1314 set CHIPNAME network
1315 set ENDIAN big
1316 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1317 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1318 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1319 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1320
1321 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1322 set CHIPNAME video
1323 set ENDIAN little
1324 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1325 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1326 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1327 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1328
1329 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1330 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1331 unset ENDIAN
1332 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1333 @end example
1334
1335 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1336 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1337 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1338 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1339 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1340 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1341 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1342 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1343
1344 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1345 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1346 naming collisions.
1347
1348 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1349 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1350 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1351 up other clocks and peripherals.
1352
1353 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1354 @cindex variable names
1355
1356 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1357 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1358 one such chip (as shown above).
1359 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1360 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1361 to promote consistency and
1362 so that board files can override target defaults.
1363
1364 Inputs to target config files include:
1365
1366 @itemize @bullet
1367 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1368 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1369 tap identifier dotted names.
1370 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1371 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1372 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1373 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1374 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1375 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1376 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1377 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1378 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1379 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1380 @end itemize
1381
1382 Outputs from target config files include:
1383
1384 @itemize @bullet
1385 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1386 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1387 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1388 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1389 specific to that board and that target.
1390 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1391 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1392 @end itemize
1393
1394 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1395 @cindex event, reset-init
1396 @cindex reset-init handler
1397
1398 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1399 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1400 fully set up yet.
1401 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1402 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1403 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1404 handler is one of the most important.
1405
1406 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1407 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1408 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1409 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1410 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1411
1412 @quotation Note
1413 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1414 are included here.
1415 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1416 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1417 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1418 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1419 @end quotation
1420
1421 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1422 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1423 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1424 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1425 those as parameters.
1426 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1427 and disabling the watchdog.
1428 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1429 the next developer doing such work.
1430 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1431
1432 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1433 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1434 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1435 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1436
1437 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1438
1439 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1440 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1441 a low JTAG clock rate.
1442 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1443 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1444 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1445 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1446 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1447 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1448 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1449
1450 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1451 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1452 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1453 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1454 which might be less than that.
1455
1456 @quotation Warning
1457 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1458 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1459 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1460 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1461 @end quotation
1462
1463 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1464 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1465 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1466 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1467 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1468 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1469
1470 @section Target Config Files
1471 @cindex config file, target
1472 @cindex target config file
1473
1474 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1475 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1476 more target config files like this:
1477
1478 @example
1479 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1480 @end example
1481
1482 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1483 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1484 In summary the target files should contain
1485
1486 @enumerate
1487 @item Set defaults
1488 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1489 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1490 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1491 @item On-Chip flash
1492 @end enumerate
1493
1494 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1495 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1496 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1497
1498 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1499 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1500 can talk to the chip.
1501 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1502 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1503 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1504 and other processing engines.
1505
1506 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1507
1508 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1509 letting board config files express environment-specific
1510 differences in how things should be set up.
1511
1512 @example
1513 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1514 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1515 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1516 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1517 @} else @{
1518 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1519 @}
1520
1521 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1522 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1523 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1524 @} else @{
1525 set _ENDIAN little
1526 @}
1527
1528 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1529 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1530 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1531 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1532 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1533 @} else @{
1534 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1535 @}
1536 @end example
1537 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1538
1539 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1540 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1541 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1542
1543 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1544 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1545 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1546
1547 @example
1548 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1549 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1550 @end example
1551
1552 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1553 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1554 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1555 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1556 for taps.
1557
1558 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1559 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1560 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1561 looks (in part) like this:
1562
1563 @example
1564 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1565 @end example
1566
1567 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1568 to source such a config file twice, with different
1569 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1570 it adds a different TAP each time.
1571
1572 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1573 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1574 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1575 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1576
1577 @example
1578 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1579 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1580 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1581 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1582 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1583 @end example
1584
1585 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1586 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1587
1588 @itemize
1589 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1590 plus a JRC to enable them
1591 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1592 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1593 is not currently used)
1594 @end itemize
1595
1596 @subsection Add CPU targets
1597
1598 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1599 GDB and other commands can use it.
1600 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1601 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1602 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1603 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1604
1605 @example
1606 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1607 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1608 @end example
1609
1610 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1611 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1612 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1613 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1614 a work area if you can.
1615 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1616
1617 @example
1618 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1619 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1620 @end example
1621
1622 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1623
1624 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1625 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1626 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1627
1628 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1629 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1630 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1631 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1632 both signals.
1633
1634 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1635 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1636 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1637 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1638 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1639 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1640 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1641 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1642 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1643 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1644 not available.)
1645
1646 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1647 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1648 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1649 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1650 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1651 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1652 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1653 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1654
1655 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1656 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1657 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1658 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1659 slower clock than they will use later.
1660 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1661 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1662 than they will use later.
1663 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1664
1665 @quotation Important
1666 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1667 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1668 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1669 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1670 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1671 @end quotation
1672
1673 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1674
1675 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1676 special high speed download features - enable it.
1677
1678 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1679
1680 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1681 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1682 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1683 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1684 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1685 If you are using an external trace port,
1686 configure it in your board config file.
1687 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1688 configure it in your target config file.
1689
1690 @example
1691 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1692 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1696
1697 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1698
1699 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1700 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1701 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1702 the TARGET (chip) file.
1703
1704 Examples:
1705 @itemize @bullet
1706 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1707 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1708 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1709 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1710 @end itemize
1711
1712 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1713 @section Translating Configuration Files
1714 @cindex translation
1715 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1716 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1717 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1718 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1719 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1720 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1721
1722 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1723 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1724 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1725 convert other scripts later on.
1726
1727 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1728 replace job:
1729
1730 @example
1731 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1732 #
1733 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1734 #
1735 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1736 #
1737 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1738
1739 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1740 global TARGETNAME
1741
1742 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1743
1744 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1745 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1746 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1747 @}
1748 @end example
1749
1750
1751
1752 @node Daemon Configuration
1753 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1754 @cindex initialization
1755 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1756 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1757 supported.
1758
1759 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1760 @section Configuration Stage
1761 @cindex configuration stage
1762 @cindex config command
1763
1764 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1765 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1766 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1767 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1768 inside startup scripts.
1769
1770 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1771 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1772 which may be issued interactively.
1773 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1774 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1775
1776 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1777 flash banks,
1778 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1779 and other basic setup.
1780 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1781 may access or activate TAPs.
1782 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1783 longer be issued.
1784
1785 @section Entering the Run Stage
1786
1787 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1788 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1789 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1790 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1791 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1792 You should see no errors at this point.
1793 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1794 commands you used to configure the server.
1795 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1796 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1797 on the scan chain.
1798
1799 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1800 become available.
1801 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1802 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1803 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1804 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1805 entry to the run stage.
1806
1807 @deffn {Config Command} init
1808 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1809 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1810 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1811 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1812 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1813 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1814
1815 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1816 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1817 configuration files and/or command line options.
1818
1819 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1820 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1821 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1822 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1823 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1824 @end deffn
1825
1826 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1827 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1828 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1829
1830 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1831 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1832 scan chain.
1833 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1834 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1835
1836 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1837 they return.
1838 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1839 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1840 @end deffn
1841
1842 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1843 @section TCP/IP Ports
1844 @cindex TCP port
1845 @cindex server
1846 @cindex port
1847 @cindex security
1848 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1849 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1850 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1851
1852 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1853 access using one or more of these ports.
1854 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1855 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1856 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1857
1858 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1859 @cindex GDB server
1860 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1861 The GDB port for the
1862 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1863 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1864 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1865 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1866 @end deffn
1867
1868 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1869 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1870 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1871 output from the Tcl engine.
1872 Intended as a machine interface.
1873 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1874 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1875 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1876 @end deffn
1877
1878 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1879 Specify or query the
1880 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1881 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1882 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1883 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1884 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1888 @section GDB Configuration
1889 @cindex GDB
1890 @cindex GDB configuration
1891 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1892 The ones listed here are static and global.
1893 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1894 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1895
1896 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1897 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1898 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1899 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1900 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1901 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1902 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1903 @end deffn
1904
1905 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1906 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1907 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1908 vFlash packet is received.
1909 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1910 @end deffn
1911
1912 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1913 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1914 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1915 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1916 for flash programming to work.
1917 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1918 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1919 @end deffn
1920
1921 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1922 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1923 by GDB memory read packets.
1924 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1925 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1926 @end deffn
1927
1928 @anchor{Event Polling}
1929 @section Event Polling
1930
1931 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1932 where significant events can happen at any time.
1933 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1934 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1935 or to GDB.
1936
1937 Examples of such events include:
1938
1939 @itemize
1940 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1941 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1942 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1943 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1944 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1945 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1946 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1947 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1948 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1949 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1950 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1951 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1952 @end itemize
1953
1954 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1955 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1956 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1957 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1958 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1959
1960 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1961 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1962 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1963 to the various active targets.
1964 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1965 which is normally done in the background.
1966
1967 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1968 Poll the current target for its current state.
1969 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1970 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1971 specific information about the current state is printed.
1972 An optional parameter
1973 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1974
1975 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1976 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1977 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1978 @example
1979 > poll
1980 background polling: on
1981 target state: halted
1982 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1983 current mode: Supervisor
1984 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1985 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1986 >
1987 @end example
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1991 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1992 @cindex config file, interface
1993 @cindex interface config file
1994
1995 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
1996 OpenOCD access to JTAG adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
1997 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
1998
1999 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2000 through commands in an interface configuration
2001 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2002 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2003
2004 @example
2005 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2006 @end example
2007
2008 These commands tell
2009 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2010 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2011
2012 @example
2013 # jlink interface
2014 interface jlink
2015 @end example
2016
2017 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2018
2019
2020 @section Interface Configuration
2021
2022 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
2023 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2024 more additional commands.
2025
2026 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2027 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2028 target.
2029 @end deffn
2030
2031 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2032 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2033 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2034 @end deffn
2035
2036 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2037 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2038 @end deffn
2039
2040 @section Interface Drivers
2041
2042 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2043 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2044 available at run time.
2045
2046 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2047 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2048 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2049 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2050
2051 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2052 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2053 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2054 @end deffn
2055
2056 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2057 Displays status of RTCK option.
2058 Optionally sets that option first.
2059 @end deffn
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2063 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2064 This has one driver-specific command:
2065
2066 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2067 Logs some status
2068 @end deffn
2069 @end deffn
2070
2071 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2072 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2073 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2074 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2075 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2076 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2077 @end deffn
2078
2079 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2080 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2081 @end deffn
2082
2083 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2084 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2085 @end deffn
2086
2087 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2088 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2089 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2090 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2091
2092 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2093 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2094 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2095 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2096 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2097 @end deffn
2098
2099 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2100 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2101 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2102 is connected to the host.
2103 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2104 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2105 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2106 @end deffn
2107
2108 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2109 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2110 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2111 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2112 @itemize @minus
2113 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2114 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2115 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2116 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2117 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2118 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2119 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2120 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2121 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2122 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2123 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2124 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2125 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2126 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2127 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2128 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2129 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2130 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2131 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2132 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2133 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2134 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2135 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2136 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2137 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2138 @end itemize
2139 @end deffn
2140
2141 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2142 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2143 default values are used.
2144 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2145 @example
2146 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2147 @end example
2148 @end deffn
2149
2150 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2151 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2152 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2153 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2154 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2155 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2156 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2157 @end deffn
2158
2159 For example, the interface config file for a
2160 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2161
2162 @example
2163 interface ft2232
2164 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2165 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2166 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2167 @end example
2168 @end deffn
2169
2170 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2171 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2172 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2173 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2174
2175 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2176 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2177 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2178 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2179 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2180 @end deffn
2181
2182 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2183 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2184 default values are used.
2185 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2186 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2187 @example
2188 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2189 @end example
2190 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2191 @example
2192 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2193 @end example
2194 @end deffn
2195
2196 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2197 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2198 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2199 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2200
2201 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2202 @example
2203 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2204 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2205 @end example
2206 @end deffn
2207
2208 @end deffn
2209
2210 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2211 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2212 This has one driver-specific command:
2213
2214 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2215 Display either the address of the I/O port
2216 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2217 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2218 This is a write-once setting.
2219 @end deffn
2220 @end deffn
2221
2222 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2223 Segger jlink USB adapter
2224 @c command: jlink_info
2225 @c dumps status
2226 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2227 @c sets version 2 or 3
2228 @end deffn
2229
2230 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2231 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2232 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2233 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2234 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2235
2236 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2237 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2238 This is a write-once setting.
2239 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2240
2241 @itemize @minus
2242 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2243 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2244 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2245 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2246 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2247 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2248 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2249 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2250 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2251 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2252 some versions of
2253 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2254 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2255 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2256 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2257 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2258 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2259 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2260 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2261 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2262 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2263 @end itemize
2264 @end deffn
2265
2266 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2267 Display either the address of the I/O port
2268 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2269 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2270 This is a write-once setting.
2271
2272 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2273 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2274 you may encounter a problem.
2275 @end deffn
2276
2277 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2278 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2279 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2280 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2281 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2282 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2283
2284 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2285 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2286 @quotation Tip
2287 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2288 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2289 @example
2290 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2291 > jtag_khz 500
2292 @end example
2293 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2294 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2295 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2296 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2297 large set of samples.
2298 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2299 @example
2300 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2301 @end example
2302 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2303 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2304
2305 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2306 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2307 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2308 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2309 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2310 @end quotation
2311 @end deffn
2312
2313 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2314 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2315 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2316 @end deffn
2317
2318 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2319 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2320
2321 @example
2322 interface parport
2323 parport_port 0x278
2324 parport_cable wiggler
2325 @end example
2326 @end deffn
2327
2328 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2329 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2330 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2331 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2332 @end deffn
2333 @end deffn
2334
2335 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2336 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2337 @end deffn
2338
2339 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2340 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2341 @end deffn
2342
2343 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2344 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2345
2346 @quotation Note
2347 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2348 which are not currently documented here.
2349 @end quotation
2350 @end deffn
2351
2352 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2353 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2354
2355 @quotation Note
2356 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2357 which are not currently documented here.
2358 @end quotation
2359
2360 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2361 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2362 No arguments: print status.
2363 @end deffn
2364
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2368 @section JTAG Speed
2369 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2370 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2371 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2372 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2373 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2374 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2375 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2376 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2377 power management software that may be active.
2378
2379 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2380 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2381 target event handler.
2382 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2383 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2384 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2385 sets up those clocks).
2386 @xref{Target Events}.
2387 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2388 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2389 in the target config file.
2390 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2391 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2392 config file instead.
2393 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2394 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2395 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2396
2397 @example
2398 jtag_rclk 3000
2399 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2400 @end example
2401
2402 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2403 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2404 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2405 may not be the fastest solution.
2406
2407 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2408 instead of @command{jtag_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2409 which support adaptive clocking.
2410
2411 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2412 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2413 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2414 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2415 than the speed specified.
2416
2417 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2418 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2419 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2420 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2421
2422 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2423 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2424 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2425 JTAG clocking after setup.
2426 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2427 If the interface device can not
2428 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2429 @end deffn
2430
2431 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2432 @cindex adaptive clocking
2433 @cindex RTCK
2434 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2435 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2436 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2437 @example
2438 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2439 jtag_rclk 3000
2440 @end example
2441 @end defun
2442
2443 @node Reset Configuration
2444 @chapter Reset Configuration
2445 @cindex Reset Configuration
2446
2447 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2448 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2449 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2450 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2451 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2452 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2453 Please see the various board files for examples.
2454
2455 @quotation Note
2456 To maintainers and integrators:
2457 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2458 Normally the board configuration file
2459 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2460 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2461
2462 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2463 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2464 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2465 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2466 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2467 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2468 @end quotation
2469
2470 @section Types of Reset
2471
2472 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2473 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2474 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2475
2476 @itemize @bullet
2477 @item
2478 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2479 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2480 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2481 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2482 @item
2483 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2484 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2485 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2486 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2487 @item
2488 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2489 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2490 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2491 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2492 @item
2493 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2494 several other types of reset.
2495 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2496 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2497 There may be individual module resets.
2498 @end itemize
2499
2500 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2501 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2502 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2503 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2504 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2505 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2506 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2507 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2508 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2509
2510 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2511 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2512
2513 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2514 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2515 common issues are:
2516
2517 @itemize @bullet
2518
2519 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2520 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2521 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2522 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2523 when either of those signals is not connected.
2524 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2525 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2526 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2527 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2528
2529 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2530 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2531 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2532 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2533
2534 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2535 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2536 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2537 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2538 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2539 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2540 hardware debouncing.
2541 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2542 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2543
2544 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2545 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2546 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2547 to use push/pull output drivers.
2548 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2549 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2550 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2551 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2552
2553 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2554 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2555 issues (not limited to errata).
2556 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2557 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2558 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2559 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2560 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2561 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2562 @end itemize
2563
2564 There can also be other issues.
2565 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2566 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2567 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2568 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2569 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2570 Agreement (NDA).
2571
2572 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2573 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2574 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2575
2576 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2577 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2578
2579 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2580
2581 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2582 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2583 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2584 allowing it to be deasserted.
2585 @end deffn
2586
2587 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2588 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2589 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2590 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2591 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2592 @end deffn
2593
2594 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2595 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2596 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2597 allowing it to be deasserted.
2598 @end deffn
2599
2600 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2601 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2602 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2603 @end deffn
2604
2605 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2606 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2607 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2608 configuration scripts.
2609
2610 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2611 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2612 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2613 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2614 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2615 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2616 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2617 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2618
2619 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2620 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2621 @var{gates},
2622 @var{trst_type},
2623 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2624 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2625 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2626 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2627 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2628 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2629
2630 @itemize
2631 @item
2632 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2633 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2634 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2635 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2636 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2637
2638 @quotation Tip
2639 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2640 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2641 @end quotation
2642
2643 @item
2644 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2645 signal implementations.
2646 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2647 indicating everything behaves normally.
2648 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2649 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2650 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2651 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2652 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2653 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2654 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2655
2656 @item
2657 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2658 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2659 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2660 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2661 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2662 while SRST is asserted.
2663 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2664 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2665 @end itemize
2666
2667 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2668 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2669 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2670 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2671 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2672
2673 @itemize
2674 @item
2675 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2676 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2677 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2678 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2679
2680 @item
2681 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2682 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2683 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2684 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2685 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2686 @end itemize
2687 @end deffn
2688
2689 @section Custom Reset Handling
2690 @cindex events
2691
2692 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2693 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2694 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2695 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2696 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2697 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2698
2699 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2700 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2701 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2702 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2703 want to reset everything at once.
2704
2705 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2706 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2707 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2708 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2709 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2710 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2711 needs special attention.
2712
2713 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2714 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2715 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2716 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2717 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2718 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2719 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2720 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2721
2722 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2723 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2724 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2725 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2726 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2727
2728 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2729 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2730 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2731 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2732 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2733 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2734 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2735 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2736 or potentially some other value.
2737
2738 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2739 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2740 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2741 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2742 (or their associated targets)
2743 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2744
2745 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2746 they return.
2747 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2748 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2749 @end deffn
2750
2751 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2752 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2753 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2754 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2755 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2756 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2757 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2758 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2759 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2760 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2761 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2762 @end deffn
2763
2764 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2765 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2766 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2767 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2768 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2769 @end deffn
2770
2771
2772 @node TAP Declaration
2773 @chapter TAP Declaration
2774 @cindex TAP declaration
2775 @cindex TAP configuration
2776
2777 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2778 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2779
2780 @itemize @bullet
2781 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2782 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2783 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2784 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2785 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2786 start running that code.
2787 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2788 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2789 and missing connections
2790 @end itemize
2791
2792 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2793 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2794 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2795 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2796 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2797
2798 @section Scan Chains
2799 @cindex scan chain
2800
2801 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2802 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2803 They also need to be added to
2804 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2805 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2806 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2807 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2808 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2809 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2810 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2811 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2812
2813 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2814 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2815 command, presented in the next chapter.
2816 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2817 debugging targets.)
2818 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2819
2820 @verbatim
2821 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2822 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2823 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2824 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2825 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2826 @end verbatim
2827
2828 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2829 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2830 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2831 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2832 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2833 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2834 until they are told to do so.
2835
2836 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2837 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2838 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2839 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2840
2841 @example
2842 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2843 @end example
2844
2845 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2846 by a given chip.
2847 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2848 and so forth.
2849 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2850 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2851 a single chip and between them.
2852 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2853
2854 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2855 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2856 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2857 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2858 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2859 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2860 includes commands something like this:
2861
2862 @example
2863 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2864 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2865 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2866 @end example
2867
2868 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2869 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2870 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2871
2872 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2873 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2874 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2875 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2876 @example
2877 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2878 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2879 @}
2880 @end example
2881 @end deffn
2882
2883 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2884 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2885 and their status.
2886 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2887 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2888 but systems with a JTAG router can
2889 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2890 @end deffn
2891
2892 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2893 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2894
2895 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2896 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2897
2898 @section TAP Names
2899 @cindex dotted name
2900
2901 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2902 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2903 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2904 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2905 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2906 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2907 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2908 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2909
2910 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2911 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2912 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2913
2914 @quotation Tip
2915 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2916 This feature is still present.
2917 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2918 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2919 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2920 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2921 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2922 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2923 @end quotation
2924
2925 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2926
2927 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2928 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2929 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2930 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2931 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2932
2933 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2934 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2935 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2936 overridable.
2937
2938 @cindex TAP naming convention
2939 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2940 and should follow this convention:
2941
2942 @itemize @bullet
2943 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2944 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2945 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2946 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2947 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2948 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2949 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2950 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2951 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2952 with a single TAP;
2953 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2954 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2955 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2956 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2957 @end itemize
2958
2959 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2960
2961 @itemize @bullet
2962 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2963 @*The length in bits of the
2964 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2965 @end itemize
2966
2967 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2968
2969 @itemize @bullet
2970 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2971 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2972 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2973 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2974 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2975 (the TAP is linked in).
2976 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2977 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2978 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2979 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2980 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2981 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2982 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2983 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2984 values that were found but not included in the list.
2985
2986 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2987 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2988 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2989 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2990 hardware to find these values.
2991 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2992 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2993 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2994 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2995 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2996 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2997 the various chip IDs.
2998 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
2999 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3000 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3001 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3002 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3003 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3004 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3005 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3006 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3007 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3008 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3009 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3010 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3011 @end itemize
3012 @end deffn
3013
3014 @section Other TAP commands
3015
3016 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3017 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3018 At this writing this TAP attribute
3019 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3020 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3021 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3022 See the next section for information about the available events.
3023
3024 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3025 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3026 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3027 @end deffn
3028
3029 @anchor{TAP Events}
3030 @section TAP Events
3031 @cindex events
3032 @cindex TAP events
3033
3034 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3035 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3036 The other applies to debugger targets,
3037 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3038
3039 The TAP events currently defined are:
3040
3041 @itemize @bullet
3042 @item @b{post-reset}
3043 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3044 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3045 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3046 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3047 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3048
3049 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3050 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3051 of any particular target.
3052 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3053 @item @b{setup}
3054 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3055 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3056 @item @b{tap-disable}
3057 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3058 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3059 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3060 @item @b{tap-enable}
3061 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3062 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3063 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3064 @end itemize
3065
3066 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3067 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3068 contents to be accurate), you might:
3069
3070 @example
3071 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3072 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3073 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3074 @}
3075 @end example
3076
3077
3078 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3079 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3080 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3081 @cindex jrc
3082
3083 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3084 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3085 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3086 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3087 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3088
3089 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3090 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3091 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3092 be visible.
3093 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3094 ignores, such as:
3095
3096 @itemize
3097 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3098 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3099 TAPs receive new instructions.
3100 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3101 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3102 @end itemize
3103
3104 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3105 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3106 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3107 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3108
3109 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3110 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3111
3112 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3113 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3114 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3115 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3116 should define TAP event handlers using
3117 code that looks something like this:
3118
3119 @example
3120 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3121 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3122 @}
3123 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3124 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3125 @}
3126 @end example
3127
3128 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3129
3130 @example
3131 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3132 @end example
3133
3134 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3135 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3136 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3137 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3138
3139 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3140 If necessary, disables the tap
3141 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3142 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3143 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3144 and "0" if it is disabled.
3145 @end deffn
3146
3147 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3148 If necessary, enables the tap
3149 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3150 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3151 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3152 and "0" if it is disabled.
3153 @end deffn
3154
3155 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3156 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3157 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3158 and "0" if it is disabled.
3159
3160 @quotation Note
3161 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3162 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3163 @end quotation
3164 @end deffn
3165
3166 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3167 @section Autoprobing
3168 @cindex autoprobe
3169 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3170
3171 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3172 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3173 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3174 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3175
3176 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3177 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3178 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3179 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3180 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3181 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3182 right when they come out of reset).
3183
3184 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3185
3186 @example
3187 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3188 reset_config trst_and_srst
3189 jtag_rclk 8
3190 @end example
3191
3192 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3193 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3194
3195 @enumerate
3196 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3197 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3198 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3199 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3200 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3201 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3202 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3203 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3204 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3205 that is discovered.
3206 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3207 register, it will report it.
3208 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3209 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3210 @end enumerate
3211
3212 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3213 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3214 that's a bit more complex:
3215
3216 @example
3217 clock speed 8 kHz
3218 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3219 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3220 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3221 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3222 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3223 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3224 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3225 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3226 @end example
3227
3228 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3229 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3230 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3231 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3232 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3233 and so forth.
3234
3235 @node CPU Configuration
3236 @chapter CPU Configuration
3237 @cindex GDB target
3238
3239 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3240 You can also access these targets without GDB
3241 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3242 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3243 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3244 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3245
3246 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3247 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3248
3249 @section Target List
3250 @cindex target, current
3251 @cindex target, list
3252
3253 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3254 where each member has a name.
3255 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3256 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3257 (plural!) command.
3258 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3259 look like with more than one:
3260 @verbatim
3261 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3262 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3263 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3264 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3265 @end verbatim
3266
3267 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3268 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3269 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3270 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3271 space seen by that current target.
3272 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3273 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3274 are examples; and there are many more.
3275
3276 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3277
3278 @deffn Command {target count}
3279 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3280 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3281 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3282
3283 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3284 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3285 @example
3286 set c [target count]
3287 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3288 # Assuming you have created this function
3289 print_target_details $x
3290 @}
3291 @end example
3292 @end deffn
3293
3294 @deffn Command {target current}
3295 Returns the name of the current target.
3296 @end deffn
3297
3298 @deffn Command {target names}
3299 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3300 @example
3301 foreach t [target names] @{
3302 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3303 @}
3304 @end example
3305 @end deffn
3306
3307 @deffn Command {target number} number
3308 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3309 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3310
3311 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3312 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3313 @example
3314 set thename [target number $x]
3315 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3316 @end example
3317 @end deffn
3318
3319 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3320 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3321
3322 @deffn Command targets [name]
3323 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3324 command names are singular.}
3325
3326 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3327 targets in a user friendly form.
3328
3329 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3330 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3331 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3332 @end deffn
3333
3334 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3335 @cindex target type
3336 @cindex CPU type
3337 @cindex CPU variant
3338
3339 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3340 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3341 when calling @command{target create}.
3342 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3343 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3344 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3345 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3346 what core-specific commands may be available
3347 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3348 and more.
3349
3350 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3351 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3352 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3353 worked around in some chip versions.
3354
3355 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3356 since there's a command to list them.
3357 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3358 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3359
3360 @anchor{target types}
3361 @deffn Command {target types}
3362 Lists all supported target types.
3363 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3364
3365 @itemize @bullet
3366 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3367 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3368 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3369 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3370 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3371 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3372 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3373 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3374 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3375 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3376 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3377 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3378 @itemize @minus
3379 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3380 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3381 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3382 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3383 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3384 @end itemize
3385 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3386 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3387 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3388 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3389 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3390 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3391 @itemize @minus
3392 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3393 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3394 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3395 processor.
3396 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3397 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3398 @end itemize
3399 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3400 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3401 There are several variants defined:
3402 @itemize @minus
3403 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3404 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3405 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3406 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3407 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3408 @end itemize
3409 @end itemize
3410 @end deffn
3411
3412 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3413 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3414 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3415 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3416 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3417 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3418 reflect design generations;
3419 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3420 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3421
3422 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3423 @section Target Configuration
3424
3425 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3426 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3427 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3428 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3429 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3430
3431 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3432 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3433 optional parts.
3434 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3435 command, created as part of target creation.
3436
3437 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3438 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3439 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3440 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3441 to be much more board-specific.
3442 The key steps you use might look something like this
3443
3444 @example
3445 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3446 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3447 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3448 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3449 @end example
3450
3451 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3452 on-chip SRAM.
3453 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3454 writes to target memory;
3455 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3456 GDB memory checksumming;
3457 and more.
3458
3459 @quotation Warning
3460 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3461 inaccessible when application code
3462 (such as an operating system)
3463 enables or disables the MMU.
3464 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3465 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3466 easy access to other addresses needed.
3467 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3468 @end quotation
3469
3470 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3471 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3472 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3473 controllers.
3474 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3475 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3476 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3477
3478 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3479 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3480 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3481 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3482 purposes including additional configuration.
3483
3484 @itemize @bullet
3485 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3486 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3487 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3488 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3489
3490 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3491 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3492 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3493 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3494 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3495 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3496 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3497 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3498
3499 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3500 @end itemize
3501 @end deffn
3502
3503 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3504 The options accepted by this command may also be
3505 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3506 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3507 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3508
3509 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3510 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3511 and changing its endianness or variant.
3512
3513 @itemize @bullet
3514
3515 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3516 used to access this target.
3517
3518 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3519 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3520
3521 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3522 @xref{Target Events}.
3523 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3524 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3525 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3526 same event name assigns only one handler.
3527
3528 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3529 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3530
3531 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3532 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3533 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3534 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3535 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3536 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3537 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3538
3539 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3540 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3541 or virtual address is being used.
3542
3543 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3544 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3545
3546 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3547 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3548 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3549 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3550 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3551
3552 @end itemize
3553 @end deffn
3554
3555 @section Other $target_name Commands
3556 @cindex object command
3557
3558 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3559 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3560
3561 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3562 Once a button is created a button
3563 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3564 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3565 configure it like this:
3566
3567 @example
3568 # Create
3569 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3570 # Modify
3571 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3572 # Query
3573 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3574 # Report
3575 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3576 @end example
3577
3578 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3579 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3580
3581 @example
3582 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3583 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3584 @end example
3585
3586 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3587
3588 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3589 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3590 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3591 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3592 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3593 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3594 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3595 They are not otherwise documented here.
3596 @end deffn
3597
3598 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3599 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3600 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3601 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3602 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3603 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3604 the target side uses raw memory.
3605
3606 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3607 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3608 The script orientation comes from working with data
3609 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3610 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3611 and neither store nor return those values.
3612
3613 @itemize
3614 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3615 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3616 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3617 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3618 @end itemize
3619 @end deffn
3620
3621 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3622 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3623 @command{$target_name configure}
3624 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3625 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3626 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3627 There are a few special cases:
3628
3629 @itemize @bullet
3630 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3631 event named @var{event_name}.
3632 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3633 two parameters.
3634 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3635 This is a special case because this is set using
3636 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3637 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3638 @end itemize
3639
3640 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3641 all the targets you might use something like this:
3642
3643 @example
3644 foreach name [target names] @{
3645 set y [$name cget -endian]
3646 set z [$name cget -type]
3647 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3648 $x $name $y $z]
3649 @}
3650 @end example
3651 @end deffn
3652
3653 @anchor{target curstate}
3654 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3655 Displays the current target state:
3656 @code{debug-running},
3657 @code{halted},
3658 @code{reset},
3659 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3660 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3661 @end deffn
3662
3663 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3664 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3665 currently associated with this target.
3666 @xref{Target Events}.
3667 @end deffn
3668
3669 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3670 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3671 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3672 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3673 @end deffn
3674
3675 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3676 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3677 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3678 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3679 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3680 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3681 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3682 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3683 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3684 @end deffn
3685
3686 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3687 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3688 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3689 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3690 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3691 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3692 @end deffn
3693
3694 @anchor{Target Events}
3695 @section Target Events
3696 @cindex target events
3697 @cindex events
3698 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3699 For example:
3700 @itemize @bullet
3701 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3702 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3703 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3704 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3705 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3706 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3707 to set up system clocks or
3708 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3709 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3710 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3711 @end itemize
3712
3713 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3714 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3715 @command{target create ... -event}.
3716
3717 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3718 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3719 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3720
3721 @example
3722 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3723 echo "Reset..."
3724 reset halt
3725 @}
3726 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3727 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3728 echo "Reset..."
3729 reset halt
3730 @}
3731 @end example
3732
3733 The following target events are defined:
3734
3735 @itemize @bullet
3736 @item @b{debug-halted}
3737 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3738 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3739 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3740 @item @b{early-halted}
3741 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3742 @ignore
3743 @item @b{examine-end}
3744 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3745 @item @b{examine-start}
3746 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3747 @end ignore
3748 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3749 @* When GDB connects
3750 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3751 @* When GDB disconnects
3752 @item @b{gdb-end}
3753 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3754 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3755 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3756 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3757 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3758 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3759 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3760 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3761 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3762 @item @b{gdb-start}
3763 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3764 @item @b{halted}
3765 @* The target has halted
3766 @ignore
3767 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3768 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3769 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3770 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3771 @end ignore
3772 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3773 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3774 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3775 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3776 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3777 @item @b{reset-assert}
3778 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3779 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3780 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3781 it instead of asserting SRST.
3782 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3783 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3784 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3785 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3786 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3787 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3788 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3789 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3790 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3791 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3792 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3793 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3794 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3795 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3796 released on the scan chain.
3797 @item @b{reset-end}
3798 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3799 @ignore
3800 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3801 @* Currently not used
3802 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3803 @* Currently not used
3804 @end ignore
3805 @item @b{reset-init}
3806 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3807 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3808
3809 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3810 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3811 multiplexing, and so on.
3812 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3813 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3814 @item @b{reset-start}
3815 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3816 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3817
3818 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3819 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3820 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3821 @ignore
3822 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3823 @* Currently not used
3824 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3825 @* Currently not used
3826 @end ignore
3827 @item @b{resume-start}
3828 @* Before any target is resumed
3829 @item @b{resume-end}
3830 @* After all targets have resumed
3831 @item @b{resume-ok}
3832 @* Success
3833 @item @b{resumed}
3834 @* Target has resumed
3835 @end itemize
3836
3837
3838 @node Flash Commands
3839 @chapter Flash Commands
3840
3841 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3842 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3843 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3844 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3845 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3846 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3847 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3848 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3849 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3850
3851 Flash Steps:
3852 @enumerate
3853 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3854 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3855 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3856 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3857 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3858 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3859 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3860 @item GDB Flashing
3861 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3862 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3863 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3864 @end enumerate
3865
3866 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3867 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3868 so that it can't boot.
3869 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3870 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3871
3872 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3873 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3874 @cindex flash configuration
3875
3876 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3877 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3878 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3879 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3880 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3881 see the driver-specific documentation.
3882
3883 @itemize @bullet
3884 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3885 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3886 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3887 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3888 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3889 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3890 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3891 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3892 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3893 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3894 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3895 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3896 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3897 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3898 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3899 commands to the flash controller.
3900 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3901 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3902 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3903 for more information.
3904 @end itemize
3905 @quotation Note
3906 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3907 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3908 @end quotation
3909 @end deffn
3910
3911 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3912 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3913 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3914 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3915 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3916 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3917 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3918 @end deffn
3919
3920 @deffn Command {flash list}
3921 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3922 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3923 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3924 @end deffn
3925
3926 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3927 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3928 depends on the flash type.
3929 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3930 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3931 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3932 but most don't bother.
3933 @end deffn
3934
3935 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3936 @cindex flash erasing
3937 @cindex flash reading
3938 @cindex flash writing
3939 @cindex flash programming
3940
3941 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3942 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3943 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3944 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3945 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3946
3947 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3948 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3949 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3950 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3951 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3952
3953 @quotation Note
3954 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3955 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3956 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3957 back to a flash bank.
3958 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3959 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3960 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3961 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3962 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3963 @end quotation
3964
3965 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3966 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3967 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3968 disabled first.
3969 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3970 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3971 @xref{flash protect}.
3972
3973 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3974 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3975 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3976 up to and including @var{last}.
3977 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3978 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3979 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3980 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3984 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3985 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3986 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3987 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3988 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3989 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3990 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3991 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3992 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3993 @end deffn
3994
3995 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3996 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3997 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
3998 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3999 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4000 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4001 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4002 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4003 before issuing this command.
4004 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4005 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4006 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4007 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4008 @end deffn
4009 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4010
4011 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4012 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4013 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4014 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4015 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4016 @end deffn
4017
4018 @anchor{flash write_image}
4019 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4020 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4021 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4022 to the base address for each section in the image.
4023 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4024 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4025 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4026 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4027 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4028 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4029 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4030 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4031 each image section.
4032
4033 @quotation Warning
4034 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4035 data you want to preserve.
4036 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4037 sections might be erased with no notice.
4038 @itemize
4039 @item
4040 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4041 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4042 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4043 @item
4044 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4045 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4046 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4047 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4048 @end itemize
4049 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4050 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4051 @end quotation
4052
4053 @end deffn
4054
4055 @section Other Flash commands
4056 @cindex flash protection
4057
4058 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4059 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4060 and display that status.
4061 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4062 @end deffn
4063
4064 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4065 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4066 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4067 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4068 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4069 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4070 @end deffn
4071
4072 @anchor{flash protect}
4073 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4074 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4075 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4076 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4077 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4078 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4079 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4080 @end deffn
4081
4082 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4083 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4084 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4085 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4086 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4087 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4088 @end deffn
4089
4090 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4091 @section Flash Driver List
4092 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4093 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4094 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4095
4096 @subsection External Flash
4097
4098 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4099 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4100 @cindex CFI
4101 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4102 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4103 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4104 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4105 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4106 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4107 configure a bus and its timings), or
4108 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4109 on the flash chip.
4110 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4111 speed up operation.
4112
4113 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4114
4115 @itemize
4116 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4117 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4118 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4119 @end itemize
4120
4121 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4122 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4123
4124 @example
4125 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4126 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4127 @end example
4128
4129 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4130 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4131 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4132
4133 @example
4134 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4135 @end example
4136
4137 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4138 @end deffn
4139
4140 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4141
4142 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4143 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4144 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4145 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4146 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4147 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4148
4149 @example
4150 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4151 @end example
4152 @end deffn
4153
4154 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4155 @cindex at91sam3
4156 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4157 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4158 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4159 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4160 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4161 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4162 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4163 chips are confirmed.}
4164
4165 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4166 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4167 the following fixed locations:
4168
4169 @example
4170 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4171 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4172 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4173 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4174 @end example
4175
4176 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4177 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4178 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4179
4180 @itemize
4181 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4182 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4183 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4184 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4185 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4186 @end itemize
4187
4188 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4189
4190 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4191 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4192 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4193 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4194 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4195 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4196 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4197
4198 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4199 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4200 @end deffn
4201
4202 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4203 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4204 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4205 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4206 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4207 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4208 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4209 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4210 @end deffn
4211
4212 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4213 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4214 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4215 @end deffn
4216 @end deffn
4217
4218 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4219 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4220 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4221 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4222 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4223
4224 @example
4225 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4226 @end example
4227
4228 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4229 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4230
4231 @itemize
4232 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4233 @item @var{banks}
4234 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4235 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4236 @item @var{pages_size}
4237 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4238 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4239 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4240 @end itemize
4241
4242 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4243 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4244 will be autoconfigured.
4245 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4246
4247 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4248 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4249 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4250 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4251 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4252
4253 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4254 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4255 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4256 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4257 are not truly general purpose).
4258 @quotation Note
4259 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4260 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4261 @end quotation
4262 @end deffn
4263 @end deffn
4264
4265 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4266 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4267 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4268 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4269 @end deffn
4270
4271 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4272 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4273 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4274 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4275 and executed.
4276 @end deffn
4277
4278 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4279 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4280 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4281
4282 @quotation Note
4283 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4284 driver:
4285 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4286 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4287 @end quotation
4288
4289 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4290 which must appear in the following order:
4291
4292 @itemize
4293 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4294 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4295 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4296 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4297 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4298 at which the core is running
4299 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4300 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4301 @quotation Note
4302 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4303 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4304 However, if you do provide it,
4305 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4306 @end quotation
4307 @end itemize
4308
4309 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4310
4311 @example
4312 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4313 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4314 @end example
4315
4316 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4317 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4318 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4319 @end deffn
4320 @end deffn
4321
4322 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4323 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4324 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4325 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4326 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4327 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4328
4329 @example
4330 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4331 @end example
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4335 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4336 from NXP.
4337
4338 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4339 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4340 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4341 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4342 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4343 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4344 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4345 you start the PLL.
4346
4347 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4348
4349 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4350 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4351 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4352
4353 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4354 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4355 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4356 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4357 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4358 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4359 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4360
4361 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4362 @example
4363 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4364 @end example
4365
4366 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4367 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4368 @code{flash banks} command.
4369
4370 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4371 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4372 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4373 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4374 a known signature.
4375 Example:
4376 @example
4377 lpc2900 signature 0
4378 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4379 @end example
4380 @end deffn
4381
4382 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4383 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4384 saves it to a file in binary format.
4385 Example:
4386 @example
4387 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4388 @end example
4389 @end deffn
4390
4391 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4392 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4393 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4394 command:
4395
4396 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4397 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4398 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4399 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4400
4401 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4402 Example:
4403 @example
4404 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4405 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4406 @end example
4407 @end deffn
4408
4409 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4410 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4411 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4412 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4413 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4414 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4415 912 bytes.
4416 @quotation Attention
4417 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4418 @end quotation
4419 Example:
4420 @example
4421 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4422 @end example
4423 @end deffn
4424
4425 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4426 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4427 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4428 after the next power cycle.
4429 @quotation Attention
4430 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4431 @end quotation
4432 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4433 Example:
4434 @example
4435 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4436 flash info 0
4437 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4438 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4439 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4440 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4441 @end example
4442 @end deffn
4443
4444 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4445 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4446 effective after the next power cycle.
4447 @quotation Attention
4448 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4449 @end quotation
4450 Examples:
4451 @example
4452 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4453 @end example
4454 @end deffn
4455 @end deffn
4456
4457 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4458 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4459
4460 @example
4461 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4462 @end example
4463 @end deffn
4464
4465 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4466 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4467 and integrate flash memory.
4468 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4469
4470 @example
4471 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4472 @end example
4473
4474 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4475 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4476 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4477 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4478 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4479 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4480 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4481 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4482 @end deffn
4483 @end deffn
4484
4485 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4486 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4487 Texas Instruments
4488 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4489 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4490 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4491 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4492 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4493 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4494
4495 @example
4496 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4497 @end example
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4501 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4502 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4503 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4504 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4505 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4506
4507 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4508 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4509 @quotation Warning
4510 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4511 applied to all of them.
4512 @end quotation
4513 @end deffn
4514
4515 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4516 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4517 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4518 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4519 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4520
4521 @example
4522 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4523 @end example
4524
4525 Some stm32x-specific commands
4526 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4527 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4528 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4529 are defined:
4530
4531 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4532 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4533 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4534 @end deffn
4535
4536 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4537 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4538 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4539 @end deffn
4540
4541 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4542 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4543 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4544 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4545 @end deffn
4546
4547 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4548 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4549 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4550 @end deffn
4551 @end deffn
4552
4553 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4554 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4555 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4556 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4557 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4558
4559 @example
4560 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4561 @end example
4562
4563 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4564 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4565 for the specified flash bank.
4566 @end deffn
4567 @end deffn
4568
4569 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4570 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4571 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4572 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4573 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4574
4575 @example
4576 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4577 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4578 @end example
4579
4580 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4581 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4582 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4583
4584 @itemize @bullet
4585 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4586 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4587 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4588 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4589 @end itemize
4590 @end deffn
4591
4592 @end deffn
4593
4594 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4595 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4596 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4597 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4598
4599 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4600
4601 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4602 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4603 @end deffn
4604
4605 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4606 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4607 @end deffn
4608
4609 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4610 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4611 the flash clock.
4612 @end deffn
4613 @end deffn
4614
4615 @subsection str9xpec driver
4616 @cindex str9xpec
4617
4618 Here is some background info to help
4619 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4620 the str9:
4621 @enumerate
4622 @item
4623 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4624 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4625 @item
4626 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4627 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4628 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4629 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4630 @end enumerate
4631
4632 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4633 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4634 configured for flash bank 0.
4635 @example
4636 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4637 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4638 jtag_reset 0 1
4639 # turn off target polling
4640 poll off
4641 # disable str9 core
4642 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4643 # read option bytes
4644 str9xpec options_read 0
4645 # re-enable str9 core
4646 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4647 poll on
4648 reset halt
4649 @end example
4650 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4651 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4652 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4653 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4654
4655 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4656 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4657 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4658 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4659 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4660
4661 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4662
4663 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4664 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4665 @end deffn
4666
4667 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4668 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4669 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4670 @end deffn
4671
4672 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4673 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4674 erase the device.
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4678 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4679 @end deffn
4680
4681 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4682 Configure str9 boot bank.
4683 @end deffn
4684
4685 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4686 Configure str9 lvd source.
4687 @end deffn
4688
4689 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4690 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4691 @end deffn
4692
4693 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4694 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4695 @end deffn
4696
4697 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4698 Read str9 option bytes.
4699 @end deffn
4700
4701 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4702 Write str9 option bytes.
4703 @end deffn
4704
4705 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4706 unlock str9 device.
4707 @end deffn
4708
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711
4712 @section mFlash
4713
4714 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4715 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4716
4717 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4718 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4719 address @var{base}.
4720 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4721 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4722
4723 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4724
4725 @example
4726 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4727 @end example
4728
4729 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4730
4731 @example
4732 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4733 @end example
4734 @end deffn
4735
4736 @subsection mFlash commands
4737 @cindex mFlash commands
4738
4739 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4740 Configure mflash PLL.
4741 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4742 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4743 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4744 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4745 @end deffn
4746
4747 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4748 Configure bootable option.
4749 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4750 (4kB) for boot.
4751 @end deffn
4752
4753 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4754 Configure storage information.
4755 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4756 written.
4757 @end deffn
4758
4759 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4760 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4761 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4762 @end deffn
4763
4764 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4765 Probe mflash.
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4769 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4770 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4771 @end deffn
4772
4773 @node NAND Flash Commands
4774 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4775 @cindex NAND
4776
4777 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4778 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4779 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4780
4781 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4782 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4783 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4784 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4785 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4786 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4787
4788 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4789 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4790 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4791 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4792 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4793 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4794 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4795 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4796 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4797 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4798
4799 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4800 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4801 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4802 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4803 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4804 every 512 bytes of data.
4805
4806 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4807 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4808 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4809 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4810 ECC mode is used.
4811
4812 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4813 @enumerate
4814 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4815 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4816 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4817 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4818 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4819 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4820 to access that device.
4821 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4822 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4823 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4824 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4825 de-brick a board.
4826 @end enumerate
4827
4828 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4829 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4830 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4831 are only 32 bits wide.
4832 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4833 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4834 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4835 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4836
4837 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4838 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4839 @cindex NAND configuration
4840
4841 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4842 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4843 OpenOCD has initialized.
4844
4845 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4846 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4847 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4848 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4849 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4850 they were a single (larger) device.
4851 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4852 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4853
4854 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4855 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4856 configuration files, not interactively.
4857
4858 @itemize @bullet
4859 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4860 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4861 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4862 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4863 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4864 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4865 commands to the NAND controller.
4866 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4867 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4868 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4869 for more information.
4870 @end itemize
4871 @end deffn
4872
4873 @deffn Command {nand list}
4874 Prints a summary of each device declared
4875 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4876 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4877 @example
4878 > nand list
4879 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4880 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4881 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4882 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4883 >
4884 @end example
4885 @end deffn
4886
4887 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4888 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4889 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4890 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4891 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4892 it with most other NAND commands.
4893 @end deffn
4894
4895 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4896
4897 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4898 @cindex NAND reading
4899 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4900 starting at the specified offset.
4901 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4902
4903 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4904 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4905
4906 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4907 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4908 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4909
4910 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4911 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4912 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4913 method which handled that error correction.
4914
4915 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4916 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4917 @itemize @bullet
4918 @item no oob_* parameter
4919 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4920 @item @code{oob_raw}
4921 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4922 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4923 spare areas associated with each data page.
4924 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4925 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4926 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4927 @item @code{oob_only}
4928 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4929 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4930 spare areas associated with each data page.
4931 @end itemize
4932 @end deffn
4933
4934 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4935 @cindex NAND erasing
4936 @cindex NAND programming
4937 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4938 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4939 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4940 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4941 If those parameters are not specified,
4942 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4943 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4944
4945 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4946 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4947 block marker.
4948 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4949 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4953 @cindex NAND writing
4954 @cindex NAND programming
4955 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4956 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4957 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4958 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4959
4960 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4961 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4962
4963 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4964 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4965 past the end of the device.
4966 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4967 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4968 if that's being written.)
4969
4970 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4971 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4972 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4973
4974 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4975 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4976 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4977 @itemize @bullet
4978 @item no oob_* parameter
4979 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4980 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4981 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4982 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4983 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4984 @item @code{oob_only}
4985 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4986 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4987 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4988 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4989 @item @code{oob_raw}
4990 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4991 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4992 un-altered OOB.
4993 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4994 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4995 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4996 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4997 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4998 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
4999 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5000 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5001 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5002 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5003 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5004 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5005 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5006 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5007 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5008 @end itemize
5009 @end deffn
5010
5011 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5012 @cindex NAND verification
5013 @cindex NAND programming
5014 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5015 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5016 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5017
5018 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5019 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5020
5021 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5022 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5023 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5024 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5025 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5026
5027 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5028 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5029 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5030
5031 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5032 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5033 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5034 be removed in a future release.
5035 @end deffn
5036
5037 @section Other NAND commands
5038 @cindex NAND other commands
5039
5040 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5041 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5042 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5043 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5044 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5045 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5046 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5047 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5048
5049 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5050 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5051 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5052 @end deffn
5053
5054 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5055 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5056 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5057 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5058 status for each block.
5059 @end deffn
5060
5061 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5062 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5063 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5064
5065 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5066 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5067 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5068 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5069 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5070
5071 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5072 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5073 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5074 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5075 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5076 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5077 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5078 @end deffn
5079
5080 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5081 @section NAND Driver List
5082 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5083 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5084 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5085
5086 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5087 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5088 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5089 address of the ECC controller.
5090 @example
5091 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5092 @end example
5093 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5094 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5095 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5096 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5097 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5098 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5099 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5100 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5101 @end deffn
5102 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5103 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5104 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5105 @end deffn
5106
5107 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5108 properly configured for input or output.
5109 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5110 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5111 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5112 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5113 @end deffn
5114 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5115 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5116 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5117 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5118 @end deffn
5119 @end deffn
5120
5121 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5122 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5123 chips from Texas Instruments.
5124 It takes three extra parameters:
5125 address of the NAND chip;
5126 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5127 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5128 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5129 @example
5130 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5131 @end example
5132 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5133 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5134 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5135 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5136 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5137 @end deffn
5138
5139 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5140 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5141 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5142 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5143 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5144 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5145 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5146 @end deffn
5147
5148 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5149 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5150 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5151 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5152 @end deffn
5153 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5154
5155 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5156 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5157 parameter: the address of the controller.
5158 @example
5159 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5160 @end example
5161 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5162 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5163 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5164 change any behavior.
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5168 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5169 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5170 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5171 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5172 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5173 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5174 specialized commands.
5175 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5176 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5177 change any behavior.
5178 @end deffn
5179
5180 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5181 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5182 @cindex PLD
5183 @cindex FPGA
5184
5185 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5186 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5187 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5188 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5189 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5190 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5191 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5192
5193 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5194
5195 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5196 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5197 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5198
5199 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5200 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5201
5202 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5203 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5204 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5205 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5206 behavior.
5207 @end deffn
5208
5209 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5210 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5211 @end deffn
5212
5213 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5214 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5215 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5216 @end deffn
5217
5218 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5219
5220 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5221 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5222 that particular type of PLD.
5223
5224 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5225 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5226 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5227 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5228 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5229
5230 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5231 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5232 for FPGA @var{num}.
5233 @end deffn
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @node General Commands
5237 @chapter General Commands
5238 @cindex commands
5239
5240 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5241 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5242 commands are documented elsewhere.
5243
5244 Intent:
5245 @itemize @bullet
5246 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5247 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5248 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5249 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5250
5251 @item @b{From the human}
5252 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5253 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5254
5255 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5256 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5257 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5258
5259 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5260 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5261 port is 5555.
5262 @end itemize
5263
5264
5265 @section Daemon Commands
5266
5267 @deffn {Command} exit
5268 Exits the current telnet session.
5269 @end deffn
5270
5271 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5272 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5273 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5274 Not every command provides helptext.
5275
5276 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5277 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5278 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5279 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5280 @end deffn
5281
5282 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5283 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5284 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5285 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5286 Useful in connection with script files
5287 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5288 @end deffn
5289
5290 @deffn Command shutdown
5291 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5292 @end deffn
5293
5294 @anchor{debug_level}
5295 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5296 @cindex message level
5297 Display debug level.
5298 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5299 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5300 Level 0 is error messages only;
5301 level 1 adds warnings;
5302 level 2 adds informational messages;
5303 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5304 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5305 the command line along with the location of that log
5306 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5307 @xref{Running}.
5308 @end deffn
5309
5310 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5311 Default disabled.
5312 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5313
5314 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5315 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5316 individually overridden.
5317
5318 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5319 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5320 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5321
5322 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5323
5324 @example
5325 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5326 @end example
5327 @end deffn
5328
5329 @deffn Command echo message
5330 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5331 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5332 @example
5333 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5334 @end example
5335 @end deffn
5336
5337 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5338 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5339 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5340 @end deffn
5341
5342 @anchor{Target State handling}
5343 @section Target State handling
5344 @cindex reset
5345 @cindex halt
5346 @cindex target initialization
5347
5348 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5349 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5350 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5351 a current target which is used to perform the
5352 various operations. The current target may be changed
5353 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5354 target which should become current.
5355
5356 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5357 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5358 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5359 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5360 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5361
5362 @emph{With no arguments}:
5363 list all available registers for the current target,
5364 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5365 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5366 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5367 are flagged as such.
5368
5369 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5370
5371 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5372 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5373 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5374 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5375 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5376 relevant module will flush such values.
5377
5378 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5379 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5380
5381 @example
5382 > reg
5383 ===== ARM registers
5384 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5385 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5386 (2) r2 (/32)
5387 ...
5388 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5389 >
5390 @end example
5391 @end deffn
5392
5393 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5394 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5395 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5396 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5397 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5398 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5399 (and enter debug mode).
5400 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5401
5402 @quotation Warning
5403 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5404 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5405 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5406 power mode by gating the core clock;
5407 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5408
5409 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5410 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5411 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5412 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5413 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5414 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5415
5416 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5417 work with a JTAG debugger.
5418 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5419 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5420 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5421 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5422 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5423 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5424 @end quotation
5425
5426 @end deffn
5427
5428 @deffn Command resume [address]
5429 Resume the target at its current code position,
5430 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5431 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5432 @end deffn
5433
5434 @deffn Command step [address]
5435 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5436 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5437 @end deffn
5438
5439 @anchor{Reset Command}
5440 @deffn Command reset
5441 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5442 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5443 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5444 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5445 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5446 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5447
5448 The optional parameter specifies what should
5449 happen after the reset.
5450 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5451 The other options will not work on all systems.
5452 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5453
5454 @itemize @minus
5455 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5456 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5457 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5458 @end itemize
5459 @end deffn
5460
5461 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5462 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5463 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5464 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5465 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5466 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5467 state.
5468 @end deffn
5469
5470 @section I/O Utilities
5471
5472 These commands are available when
5473 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5474 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5475 notably the ZY1000.
5476 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5477
5478 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5479
5480 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5481 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5482 the text file @file{filename}.
5483 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5484 The last string is followed by a newline.
5485 @end deffn
5486
5487 @deffn Command cat filename
5488 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5489 @end deffn
5490
5491 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5492 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5493 into @file{dest_filename}.
5494 @end deffn
5495
5496 @deffn Command ip
5497 @emph{No description provided.}
5498 @end deffn
5499
5500 @deffn Command ls
5501 @emph{No description provided.}
5502 @end deffn
5503
5504 @deffn Command mac
5505 @emph{No description provided.}
5506 @end deffn
5507
5508 @deffn Command meminfo
5509 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5510 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5511 @end deffn
5512
5513 @deffn Command peek
5514 @emph{No description provided.}
5515 @end deffn
5516
5517 @deffn Command poke
5518 @emph{No description provided.}
5519 @end deffn
5520
5521 @deffn Command rm filename
5522 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5523 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn Command trunc filename
5527 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5528 @end deffn
5529
5530 @anchor{Memory access}
5531 @section Memory access commands
5532 @cindex memory access
5533
5534 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5535 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5536 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5537 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5538
5539 @enumerate
5540 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5541 to change the current target.
5542 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5543 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5544 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5545 @end enumerate
5546
5547 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5548 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5549 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5550 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5551 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5552 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5553 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5554 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5555 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5556 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5557 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5558 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5559 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5560 @end deffn
5561
5562 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5563 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5564 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5565 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5566 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5567 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5568 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5569 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5570 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5571 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5572 @end deffn
5573
5574
5575 @anchor{Image access}
5576 @section Image loading commands
5577 @cindex image loading
5578 @cindex image dumping
5579
5580 @anchor{dump_image}
5581 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5582 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5583 binary file named @var{filename}.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5587 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5588 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5592 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5593 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5594 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5595 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5596 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5597 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5598 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5599 separately.
5600 @end deffn
5601
5602 @anchor{load_image}
5603 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5604 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5605 The file format may optionally be specified
5606 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5607 @end deffn
5608
5609 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5610 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5611 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5612 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5613 The file format may optionally be specified
5614 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5615 @end deffn
5616
5617 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5618 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5619 The file format may optionally be specified
5620 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5621 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5622 @end deffn
5623
5624
5625 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5626 @cindex breakpoint
5627 @cindex watchpoint
5628
5629 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5630 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5631 watchpoints.
5632 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5633
5634 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5635 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5636 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5637 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5638 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5639 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5640
5641 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5642 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5643 @end deffn
5644
5645 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5646 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5647 @end deffn
5648
5649 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5650 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5651 @end deffn
5652
5653 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5654 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5655 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5656 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5657 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5658 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5659 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5660 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5661 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5662 @end deffn
5663
5664 @section Misc Commands
5665
5666 @cindex profiling
5667 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5668 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5669 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5670 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5671 @end deffn
5672
5673 @deffn Command {version}
5674 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5675 @end deffn
5676
5677 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5678 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5679 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5683 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5684 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5685 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5686
5687 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5688 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5689 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5690 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5691
5692 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5693 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5694 @cindex tracing
5695 @cindex ETM
5696 @cindex ETB
5697
5698 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5699 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5700 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5701
5702 @itemize
5703 @item
5704 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5705 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5706 supports such an interface.
5707 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5708 and trace port support.)
5709 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5710 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5711 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5712 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5713 in the board-specific configuration file.
5714 @item
5715 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5716 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5717 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5718 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5719 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5720 @end itemize
5721
5722 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5723
5724 @quotation Issues
5725 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5726 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5727
5728 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5729 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5730 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5731 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5732 dummy trace port driver}.
5733
5734 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5735 as well as tracing only during specific states
5736 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5737
5738 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5739 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5740 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5741 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5742 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5743
5744 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5745 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5746 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5747 this original style of JTAG access.
5748 @end quotation
5749
5750 @subsection ETM Configuration
5751 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5752
5753 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5754 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5755 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5756
5757 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5758 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5759 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5760 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5761 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5762 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5763 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5764 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5765 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5766
5767 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5768 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5769 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5770
5771 @quotation Warning
5772 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5773 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5774 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5775 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5776 @end quotation
5777
5778 @quotation Note
5779 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5780 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5781 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5782 what CPU activities are traced.
5783 @end quotation
5784 @end deffn
5785
5786 @deffn Command {etm info}
5787 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5788 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5789 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5790 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @deffn Command {etm status}
5794 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5795 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5796 Did trace data overflow?
5797 Was it triggered?
5798 @end deffn
5799
5800 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5801 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5802 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5803 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5804 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5805
5806 @itemize
5807 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5808 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5809 The value is one of
5810 @option{none} (save nothing),
5811 @option{data} (save data),
5812 @option{address} (save addresses),
5813 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5814 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5815 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5816 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5817 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5818 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5819 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5820 trace stream without an image of the code.
5821 @end itemize
5822 @end deffn
5823
5824 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5825 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5826 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5827 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5828 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5829
5830 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5831 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5832 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5833 @end deffn
5834
5835 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5836
5837 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5838 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5839 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5840
5841 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5842 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5843 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5844 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5845 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5846 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5847 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5848
5849 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5850
5851 @itemize
5852 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5853 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5854 for instruction access within that function's body.
5855 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5856 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5857 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5858 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5859 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5860 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5861 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5862 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5863 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5864 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5865 @item @emph{... more}
5866 @end itemize
5867
5868 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5869 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5870
5871 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5872 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5873 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5874 @end deffn
5875
5876 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5877 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5878 @end deffn
5879
5880 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5881 Opens an image file.
5882 @end deffn
5883
5884 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5885 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5886 @end deffn
5887
5888 @deffn Command {etm start}
5889 Starts trace data collection.
5890 @end deffn
5891
5892 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5893 Stops trace data collection.
5894 @end deffn
5895
5896 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5897 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5898
5899 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5900
5901 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5902 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5903 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5904 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5905 any trace data collection.}
5906 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5907 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5908 @end deffn
5909 @end deffn
5910
5911 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5912 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5913 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5914 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5915 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5916 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5917 @end deffn
5918 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5919 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5920 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5921 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5922 trace trigger becomes active.
5923
5924 @itemize
5925 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5926 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5927 afterwards.
5928 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5929 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5930 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5931 what caused that event to happen.
5932 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5933 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5934 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5935 how the event caused trouble.
5936 @end itemize
5937 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5943 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5944 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5945 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5946 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5947
5948 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5949 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5950
5951 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5952 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5953 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5954 @end deffn
5955
5956 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5957 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5958 @end deffn
5959
5960 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5961 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5962 @end deffn
5963 @end deffn
5964
5965
5966 @section Generic ARM
5967 @cindex ARM
5968
5969 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5970 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5971 commands that may be available.
5972
5973 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5974 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5975 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5976 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5977 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5978 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5979 @end deffn
5980
5981 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5982 @cindex disassemble
5983 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5984 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5985 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5986 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5987 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5988 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5989 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5990
5991 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5992 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5993 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5994 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5995 with a handful of exceptions.
5996 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5997 @end deffn
5998
5999 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6000 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6001 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6002 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6003 and using the MCR instruction.
6004 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6005 an ARM register.)
6006 @end deffn
6007
6008 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6009 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6010 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6011 and the MRC instruction.
6012 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6013 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6014 an ARM register.)
6015 @end deffn
6016
6017 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6018 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6019 core mode if necessary.
6020 @end deffn
6021
6022 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6023 @cindex ARMv4
6024 @cindex ARMv5
6025
6026 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6027 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6028 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6029 variant.
6030
6031 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6032 @cindex ARM7
6033 @cindex ARM9
6034
6035 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6036 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6037 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6038 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6039
6040 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6041 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6042 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6043 instead of breakpoints.
6044 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6045
6046 This should be
6047 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6048 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6049 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6050 @end deffn
6051
6052 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6053 @cindex DCC
6054 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6055 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6056 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6057
6058 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6059 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6060 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6061 @end deffn
6062
6063 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6064 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6065 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6066 that don't check completion of the operation.
6067 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6068
6069 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6070 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6071 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6072 @end deffn
6073
6074 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6075 @cindex ARM semihosting
6076 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6077
6078 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6079 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6080 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6081 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6082 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6083 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6084 @end deffn
6085
6086 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6087 @cindex ARM720T
6088
6089 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6090 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6091 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6092 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6093
6094 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6095 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6096 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6097
6098 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6099 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6100 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6101 @end deffn
6102
6103 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6104 @cindex ARM9
6105
6106 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6107 integer processors.
6108 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6109
6110 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6111 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6112 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6113 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6114
6115 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6116 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6117 @cindex vector_catch
6118 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6119 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6120 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6121 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6122 to those hardware vectors.
6123
6124 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6125 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6126 vector catch hardware to intercept
6127 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6128 @option{none} of them,
6129 or a list with one or more of the following:
6130 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6131 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6132 @end deffn
6133
6134 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6135 @cindex ARM920T
6136
6137 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6138 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6139 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6140 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6141 and ARM9 commands.
6142
6143 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6144 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6145 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6146 @end deffn
6147
6148 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6149 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6150 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6151 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6152 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6153 (Not all registers can be written.)
6154 @end deffn
6155
6156 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6157 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6158 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6159
6160 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6161 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6162 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6163 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6164 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6165 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6169 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6170 @end deffn
6171
6172 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6173 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6174 @end deffn
6175
6176 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6177 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6178
6179 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6180 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6181 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6182 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6183 and ARM9 commands.
6184
6185 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6186 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6187
6188 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6189 Print information about the caches found.
6190 @end deffn
6191
6192 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6193 @cindex ARM966E
6194
6195 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6196 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6197 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6198 and ARM9 commands.
6199
6200 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6201 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6202 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6203 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6204 ARM966E-S TRM.
6205 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6206 as required for BIST support.
6207 @end deffn
6208
6209 @subsection XScale specific commands
6210 @cindex XScale
6211
6212 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6213
6214 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6215 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6216 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6217 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6218 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6219 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6220 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6221
6222 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6223 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6224 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6225 vector_table} command.
6226
6227 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6228 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6229 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6230 code layout in memory:
6231 @example
6232 _vectors:
6233 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6234 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6235 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6236 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6237 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6238 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6239 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6240 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6241 .org 0x100
6242 .long real_reset_vector
6243 .long real_ui_handler
6244 .long real_swi_handler
6245 .long real_pf_abort
6246 .long real_data_abort
6247 .long 0 /* unused */
6248 .long real_irq_handler
6249 .long real_fiq_handler
6250 @end example
6251
6252 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6253 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6254 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6255 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6256
6257
6258 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6259 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6260
6261 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6262 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6263 @end deffn
6264
6265 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6266 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6267 @end deffn
6268
6269 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6270 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6271 @end deffn
6272
6273 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6274 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6275 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6276 @end deffn
6277
6278 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6279 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6280 @end deffn
6281
6282 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6283 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6284 @end deffn
6285
6286 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6287 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6288 @end deffn
6289
6290 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6291 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6292 @end deffn
6293
6294 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6295 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6296 @end deffn
6297
6298 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6299 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6300 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6301 and modifying how it is emptied.
6302 @end deffn
6303
6304 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6305 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6306 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6307 The image @var{type} may be one of
6308 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6309 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6310 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6311 @end deffn
6312
6313 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6314 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6315 @cindex vector_catch
6316 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6317 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6318
6319 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6320 @example
6321 0x01 Trap Reset
6322 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6323 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6324 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6325 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6326 0x20 reserved
6327 0x40 Trap IRQ
6328 0x80 Trap FIQ
6329 @end example
6330 @end deffn
6331
6332 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6333 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6334 @cindex vector_table
6335
6336 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6337 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6338 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6339 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6340 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6341
6342 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6343
6344 @end deffn
6345
6346 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6347 @cindex ARMv6
6348
6349 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6350 @cindex ARM11
6351
6352 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6353 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6354 which is enabled by default.
6355 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6356 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6357 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6358 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6359 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6360 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6361 @end deffn
6362
6363 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6364 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6365 which is enabled by default.
6366 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6367 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6368 @end deffn
6369
6370 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6371 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6372 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6373 they are disabled by default.
6374 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6378 @cindex vector_catch
6379 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6380 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6381 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6382
6383 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6384 for certain hardware events.
6385 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6386 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6387 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6388 @end deffn
6389
6390 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6391 @cindex ARMv7
6392
6393 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6394 @cindex Debug Access Port
6395 @cindex DAP
6396 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6397 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6398 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6399
6400 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6401 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6402 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6403 @end deffn
6404
6405 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6406 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6407 @end deffn
6408
6409 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6410 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6411 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6412 @end deffn
6413
6414 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6415 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6416 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6417 @end deffn
6418
6419 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6420 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6421 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6422 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6423 @end deffn
6424
6425 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6426 @cindex Cortex-M3
6427
6428 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6429 @cindex disassemble
6430 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6431 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6432 @end deffn
6433
6434 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6435 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6436 @end deffn
6437
6438 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6439 @cindex vector_catch
6440 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6441 for certain hardware events.
6442
6443 Parameters request interception of
6444 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6445 @option{none} of them,
6446 or one or more of the following:
6447 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6448 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6449 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6450 @option{irq_err},
6451 @option{state_err},
6452 @option{chk_err}, or
6453 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6454 @option{reset}.
6455 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6456 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6457 are mapped to HardFault.
6458 UsageFault checks for
6459 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6460 must also be explicitly enabled.
6461
6462 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6463 @end deffn
6464
6465 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6466 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6467 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6468 @cindex tracing
6469 @cindex libdcc
6470 @cindex DCC
6471 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6472 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6473 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6474 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6475
6476 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6477 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6478 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6479 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6480 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6481 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6482
6483 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6484 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6485 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6486 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6487 The target being debugged may
6488 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6489 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6490 each supported by a command:
6491
6492 @itemize
6493 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6494 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6495 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6496 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6497
6498 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6499 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6500 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6501
6502 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6503 and then displayed at any time.
6504 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6505
6506 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6507 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6508 @end itemize
6509
6510 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6511 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6512 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6513 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6514 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6515 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6516 does the same thing.
6517
6518 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6519 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6520 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6521 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6522 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6523
6524 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6525 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6526 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6527 @end deffn
6528
6529 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6530 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6531 in the order they triggered.
6532 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6533 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6534 history records.
6535 @end deffn
6536
6537 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6538 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6539 they have been triggered.
6540 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6541 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6542 and associates it with that identifier.
6543
6544 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6545 are not related except by this command.
6546 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6547 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6548 @end deffn
6549
6550
6551 @node JTAG Commands
6552 @chapter JTAG Commands
6553 @cindex JTAG Commands
6554 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6555 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6556 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6557 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6558 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6559
6560 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6561 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6562
6563 @itemize @bullet
6564 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6565 devices such as a CPUs.
6566 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6567 standard state machine (in parallel)
6568 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6569 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6570 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6571 while the reading previous ones.
6572 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6573 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6574 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6575 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6576 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6577 registers.
6578 @end itemize
6579
6580 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6581
6582 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6583 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6584 the order of TAP state transitions.
6585 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6586 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6587 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6588
6589 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6590 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6591 that specify the entire register.
6592 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6593 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6594 The return value holds the original value of each
6595 of those fields.
6596
6597 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6598 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6599 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6600 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6601 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6602
6603 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6604 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6605
6606 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6607 in that state.
6608 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6609 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6610 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6611
6612 @quotation Warning
6613 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6614 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6615 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6616 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6617 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6618 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6619 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6620 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6621 @end quotation
6622 @end deffn
6623
6624 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6625 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6626 This may be used for performance tuning.
6627
6628 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6629 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6630 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6631 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6632 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6633 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6634 @end deffn
6635
6636 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6637 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6638 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6639 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6640 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6641 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6642
6643 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6644 in that state.
6645 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6646 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6647 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6648
6649 @quotation Note
6650 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6651 register values, unlike data register values.
6652 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6653 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6654 @end quotation
6655 @end deffn
6656
6657 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6658 Set values of reset signals.
6659 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6660 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6661 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6662 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6663 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6664 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6665 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6666
6667 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6668 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6669 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6670 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6671 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6672 instead of the TRST signal.
6673 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6674 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6675 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6676 with handlers for that event.
6677 @end deffn
6678
6679 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6680 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6681 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6682 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6683 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6684 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6685 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6686 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6687 The final state must also be stable.
6688 @end deffn
6689
6690 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6691 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6692 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6693 Instructions often need some time
6694 to execute before they take effect.
6695 @end deffn
6696
6697 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6698 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6699
6700 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6701 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6702 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6703 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6704 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6705 @end deffn
6706
6707 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6708 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6709 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6710 must also be enabled.
6711 Default is enabled.
6712 @end deffn
6713
6714 @section TAP state names
6715 @cindex TAP state names
6716
6717 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6718 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6719 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6720 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6721
6722 @itemize @bullet
6723 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6724 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6725 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6726 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6727 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6728 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6729 through the data register
6730 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6731 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6732 for update or more shifting
6733 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6734 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6735 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6736 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6737 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6738 through the instruction register
6739 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6740 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6741 for update or more shifting
6742 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6743 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6744 @end itemize
6745
6746 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6747 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6748 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6749 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6750
6751 @itemize @bullet
6752 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6753 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6754 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6755 may not be as expected.
6756 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6757 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6758 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6759 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6760 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6761 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6762 @end itemize
6763
6764 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6765 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6766
6767 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6768 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6769 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6770 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6771
6772 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6773 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6774 @cindex SVF
6775
6776 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6777 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6778 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6779
6780 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6781 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6782 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6783 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6784 each command is logged before it is executed.
6785 @end deffn
6786
6787 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6788 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6789 @cindex XSVF
6790
6791 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6792 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6793 Xilinx devices.
6794 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6795
6796 @quotation Important
6797 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6798 @end quotation
6799
6800 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6801 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6802 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6803 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6804 that TAP.
6805 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6806 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6807 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6808 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6809 @end deffn
6810
6811 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6812 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6813 after building the software.
6814 You may find them useful:
6815
6816 @itemize
6817 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6818 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6819 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6820 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6821 @end itemize
6822
6823 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6824 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6825 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6826 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6827 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6828 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6829 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6830
6831
6832 @node TFTP
6833 @chapter TFTP
6834 @cindex TFTP
6835 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6836 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6837
6838 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6839 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6840 server (tftpd). For example,
6841
6842 @example
6843 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6844 @end example
6845
6846 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6847 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6848
6849 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6850 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6851 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6852 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6853
6854 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6855 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6856 @cindex GDB
6857 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6858 to debug remote targets.
6859 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6860
6861 @itemize
6862 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6863 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6864 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6865 as shown in this chapter.
6866 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6867 that also will probably need to be configured.
6868 @end itemize
6869
6870 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6871 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6872 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6873 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6874 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6875 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6876
6877 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6878 @section Connecting to GDB
6879 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6880 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6881 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6882 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6883 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6884
6885 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6886
6887 @enumerate
6888 @item
6889 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6890 @example
6891 target remote localhost:3333
6892 @end example
6893 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6894 @item
6895 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6896 @example
6897 target remote | openocd --pipe
6898 @end example
6899 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6900 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6901 session.
6902 @end enumerate
6903
6904 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6905 GDB command line.
6906
6907 @section Sample GDB session startup
6908
6909 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6910 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6911 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6912 small ARM program.
6913 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6914 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6915
6916 @example
6917 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6918 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6919 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6920 ...
6921 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6922 ...
6923 (gdb) load
6924 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6925 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6926 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6927 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6928 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6929 (gdb) continue
6930 Continuing.
6931 ...
6932 @end example
6933
6934 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6935 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6936 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6937 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6938
6939 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6940
6941 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6942 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6943 packet size and the device's memory map.
6944 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6945 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6946 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6947
6948 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6949 You may need to set those up by hand.
6950 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6951 something like:
6952
6953 @example
6954 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6955 @end example
6956
6957 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6958
6959 @example
6960 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6961 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6962 @end example
6963
6964 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6965 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6966 do not have such restrictions.
6967
6968 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6969 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6970 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6971
6972 @example
6973 define hook-step
6974 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6975 end
6976 define hookpost-step
6977 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6978 end
6979 @end example
6980
6981 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6982 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6983 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6984 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6985
6986 @section Programming using GDB
6987 @cindex Programming using GDB
6988
6989 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6990 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6991 @example
6992 gdb_memory_map disable
6993 @end example
6994 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6995 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6996 working area.
6997
6998 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
6999 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7000 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7001 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7002
7003 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7004 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7005
7006 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7007 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7008 @example
7009 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7010 @end example
7011
7012 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7013 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7014
7015 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7016 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7017 will be used.
7018
7019 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7020 script can be executed:
7021 @example
7022 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7023 @end example
7024
7025 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7026 can be used.
7027
7028 @node Tcl Scripting API
7029 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7030 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7031 @cindex Tcl scripts
7032 @section API rules
7033
7034 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7035 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7036 information as an argument to each proc.
7037
7038 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7039 pair list and lists.
7040
7041 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7042 list.
7043
7044 @verbatim
7045
7046 > set foo(me) Duane
7047 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7048 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7049 > set foo(duck) Donald
7050
7051 If one does this:
7052
7053 > set foo
7054
7055 The result is:
7056
7057 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7058
7059 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7060
7061 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7062 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7063 }
7064 @end verbatim
7065
7066 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7067 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7068
7069 @section Internal low-level Commands
7070
7071 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7072
7073 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7074 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7075 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7076
7077 @itemize @bullet
7078 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7079
7080 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7081 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7082
7083 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7084 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7085
7086 Return information about the flash banks
7087 @end itemize
7088
7089 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7090 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7091 called "flash_banks".
7092
7093 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7094
7095 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7096 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7097 holds one of the following values:
7098
7099 @itemize @bullet
7100 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7101 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7102 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7103 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7104 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7105 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7106 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7107 @end itemize
7108
7109 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7110
7111 @quotation Note
7112 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7113 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7114 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7115 is jim, not real tcl).
7116 @end quotation
7117
7118 @node FAQ
7119 @chapter FAQ
7120 @cindex faq
7121 @enumerate
7122 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7123 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7124 @cindex RTCK
7125 @cindex adaptive clocking
7126 @*
7127
7128 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7129 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7130 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7131 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7132
7133 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7134 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7135 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7136 @enumerate
7137 @item
7138 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7139 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7140 @item
7141 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7142 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7143 @end enumerate
7144
7145 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7146 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7147 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7148 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7149 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7150 power).
7151
7152 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7153 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7154 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7155 ARM926 scenario).
7156 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7157 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7158 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7159
7160 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7161 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7162 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7163 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7164
7165 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7166
7167 In order to make use of this,
7168 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7169 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7170
7171 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7172 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7173 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7174 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7175 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7176
7177 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7178 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7179 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7180 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7181
7182 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7183 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7184 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7185 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7186 with a CPLD.
7187 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7188 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7189 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7190 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7191 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7192 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7193
7194 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7195
7196 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7197
7198 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7199 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7200 depending on the chips on your board.
7201 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7202 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7203 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7204
7205 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7206
7207 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7208 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7209 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7210 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7211
7212 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7213 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7214 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7215 this way.
7216
7217 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7218 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7219 clock rate.
7220 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7221 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7222 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7223
7224 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7225
7226 @example
7227 # Example: 1.234MHz
7228 jtag_khz 1234
7229 @end example
7230
7231
7232 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7233
7234 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7235 around Windows filenames.
7236
7237 @example
7238 > echo \a
7239
7240 > echo @{\a@}
7241 \a
7242 > echo "\a"
7243
7244 >
7245 @end example
7246
7247
7248 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7249
7250 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7251 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7252 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7253
7254 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7255 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7256 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7257
7258 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7259 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7260 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7261
7262 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7263
7264 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7265 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7266 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7267 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7268
7269 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7270 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7271 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7272
7273 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7274 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7275
7276 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7277 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7278 memory read caused data abort".
7279
7280 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7281 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7282 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7283 be done, feel free to add this here.
7284
7285 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7286 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7287 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7288 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7289 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7290 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7291 gracefully stops.
7292
7293 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7294 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7295 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7296
7297 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7298 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7299 bytes. Painful...
7300
7301
7302 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7303 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7304
7305 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7306 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7307 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7308 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7309 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7310 reset, everything else should work fine.
7311
7312 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7313 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7314 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7315 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7316
7317 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7318 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7319 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7320 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7321
7322 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7323
7324 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7325 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7326 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7327 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7328
7329 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7330 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7331 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7332 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7333
7334 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7335 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7336 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7337
7338 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7339 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7340
7341 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7342 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7343 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7344 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7345 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7346 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7347 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7348 clock frequency?
7349
7350 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7351 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7352 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7353 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7354 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7355
7356 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7357
7358 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7359 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7360 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7361 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7362 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7363 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7364 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7365
7366 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7367
7368 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7369 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7370 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7371 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7372
7373 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7374 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7375 particular order?
7376
7377 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7378 the same order used by the hardware.
7379
7380 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7381 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7382 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7383 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7384 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7385 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7386
7387 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7388 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7389 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7390 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7391
7392 @itemize @bullet
7393 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7394 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7395 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7396 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7397 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7398 @end itemize
7399
7400 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7401
7402 @itemize @bullet
7403 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7404 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7405 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7406 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7407 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7408 @end itemize
7409
7410
7411 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7412 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7413 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7414
7415 TODO.
7416
7417 @end enumerate
7418
7419 @node Tcl Crash Course
7420 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7421 @cindex Tcl
7422
7423 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7424 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7425 how the Tcl scripts work.
7426
7427 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7428 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7429 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7430 OpenOCD.
7431
7432 @section Tcl Rule #1
7433 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7434 @enumerate
7435 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7436 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7437 @end enumerate
7438
7439 The Tcl equal is this:
7440
7441 @enumerate
7442 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7443 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7444 @end enumerate
7445
7446 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7447 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7448
7449 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7450 There is a second pair of rules.
7451 @enumerate
7452 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7453 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7454 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7455 in Tcl.
7456 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7457 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7458 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7459 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7460 @end enumerate
7461
7462 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7463 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7464 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7465 Everything is a string}
7466
7467 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7468 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7469 difference is subtle.
7470 @enumerate
7471 @item Parse Time
7472 @item Evaluation Time
7473 @end enumerate
7474
7475 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7476 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7477 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7478
7479 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7480 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7481 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7482 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7483
7484 @itemize @bullet
7485 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7486 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7487 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7488 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7489 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7490 @example
7491 # bash example
7492 X=`date`
7493 echo "The Date is: $X"
7494 # Tcl example
7495 set X [date]
7496 puts "The Date is: $X"
7497 @end example
7498 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7499 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7500 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7501 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7502 is a string}
7503 @example
7504 set x "Dinner"
7505 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7506 @end example
7507 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7508 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7509 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7510 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7511 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7512 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7513 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7514 @end itemize
7515
7516 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7517
7518 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7519
7520 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7521
7522 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7523 the normal way.
7524
7525 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7526 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7527 line is immedatly executed.
7528
7529 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7530 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7531
7532 @subsection Command Execution
7533
7534 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7535 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7536 control flow operators.
7537
7538 Commands are executed like this:
7539
7540 @enumerate
7541 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7542 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7543 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7544 @end enumerate
7545
7546 It sort of works like this:
7547 @example
7548 for(;;)@{
7549 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7550
7551 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7552
7553 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7554 @}
7555 @end example
7556
7557 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7558 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7559 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7560 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7561 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7562 ``LookupCommand()''
7563
7564 @subsection The FOR command
7565
7566 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7567 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7568 command just like any other command.
7569
7570 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7571 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7572 are:
7573
7574 @enumerate 0
7575 @item The ascii text 'for'
7576 @item The start text
7577 @item The test expression
7578 @item The next text
7579 @item The body text
7580 @end enumerate
7581
7582 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7583 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7584 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7585 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7586
7587 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7588 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7589
7590 @example
7591 int
7592 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7593 int *argc,
7594 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7595 @end example
7596
7597 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7598 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7599 still operates in the same basic way.
7600
7601 @subsection FOR command implementation
7602
7603 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7604 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7605
7606 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7607
7608 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7609
7610 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7611 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7612 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7613
7614 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7615 expression and returns a value.
7616
7617 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7618 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7619 @example
7620 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7621
7622 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7623
7624 int
7625 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7626 int argc,
7627 char **argv )
7628 @{
7629 if( argc != 5 )@{
7630 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7631 return ERROR;
7632 @}
7633
7634 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7635
7636 // Execute the start statement.
7637 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7638
7639 // Top of loop test
7640 for(;;)@{
7641 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7642 if( i == 0 )
7643 break;
7644
7645 // Execute the body
7646 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7647
7648 // Execute the LOOP part
7649 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7650 @}
7651
7652 // Return no error
7653 SetResult( interp, "" );
7654 return SUCCESS;
7655 @}
7656 @end example
7657
7658 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7659 in the same basic way.
7660
7661 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7662
7663 @subsection source and find commands
7664 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7665 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7666 @*Remember the parsing rules
7667 @enumerate
7668 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7669 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7670 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7671 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7672 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7673 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7674 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7675 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7676 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7677 @end enumerate
7678 @subsection format command
7679 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7680 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7681 @b{sprintf()}.
7682 @b{Example}
7683 @example
7684 set x 6
7685 set y 7
7686 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7687 @end example
7688 @enumerate
7689 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7690 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7691 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7692 @* Refer to Rule #1
7693 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7694 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7695 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7696 @end enumerate
7697 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7698 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7699 @example
7700 #1 Good
7701 proc someproc @{@} @{
7702 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7703 @}
7704 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7705 #2 Good - no variables
7706 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7707 #3 Good Curly Braces
7708 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7709 puts "Time: [date]"
7710 @}
7711 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7712 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7713 @end example
7714 @enumerate
7715 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7716 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7717 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7718 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7719 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7720 command.
7721 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7722 @*There are 4 examples:
7723 @enumerate
7724 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7725 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7726 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7727 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7728 @end enumerate
7729
7730 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7731 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7732 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7733
7734 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7735 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7736 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7737 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7738 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7739 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7740 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7741 @end enumerate
7742 @subsection Global Variables
7743 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7744 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7745 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7746 @example
7747 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7748 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7749 global x #Global variable X
7750 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7751 @}
7752 @end example
7753 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7754 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7755 @example
7756 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7757 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7758 # Create var name
7759 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7760 # Make it a global
7761 global $vn
7762 # Set it.
7763 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7764 @}
7765 @end example
7766 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7767 @example
7768 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7769 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7770 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7771 @}
7772 @end example
7773
7774 @include fdl.texi
7775
7776 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7777 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7778 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7779 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7780 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7781 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7782
7783 @printindex cp
7784
7785 @node Command and Driver Index
7786 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7787 @printindex fn
7788
7789 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)